blob: a285c2bfd14e1ef37731daf14e8edc86e4174af5 [file] [log] [blame]
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04002 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02006 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03007 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03008 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02009 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070010 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050019#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070023#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070024#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020025#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030026#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020027#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070028
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040029/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070042 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010045 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070049 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070050 */
51
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052/**
53 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070054 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040055 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070061 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040062 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070074 */
75
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020076/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040077 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010091/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
105 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
106 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100107 *
108 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
109 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
110 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800111 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
112 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
113 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
114 *
115 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
116 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
117 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
118 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
119 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100120 *
121 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
122 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
123 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
124 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
125 * .release_buffered_frames().
126 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
127 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
128 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
129 */
130
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500131struct device;
132
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400133/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200134 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
135 *
136 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100137 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200138 */
139enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200140 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100141 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200142};
143
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200144#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
145
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200146/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800147 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
149 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
150 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
151 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
152 */
153enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
154 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
155 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
156 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
157 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
158};
159
160/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400161 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
162 *
163 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100164 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400165 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400166 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200167 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
168 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400169 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100170 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300171 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200172 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300173 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
174 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400175 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700176struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100178 u16 cw_min;
179 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200180 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300181 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200182 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300183 bool mu_edca;
184 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700185};
186
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700187struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
188 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
189 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
190 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
191 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
192};
193
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100194/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200195 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200197 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200199 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
200 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200201 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200202 */
203enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100206 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200207 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200208 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200209};
210
211/**
212 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
213 *
214 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
215 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
216 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100217 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200218 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200219 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
220 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
221 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
222 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100223 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100224 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200225 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
226 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
227 */
228struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100229 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200230 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200231
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200232 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
233
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100234 bool radar_enabled;
235
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100236 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200237};
238
239/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300240 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
242 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
243 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
244 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
245 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
246 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
247 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
248 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
249 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
250 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
251 * for changes/removal.)
252 */
253enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
254 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
255 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
256};
257
258/**
259 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
260 *
261 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
262 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
263 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
264 * done.
265 *
266 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
267 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
268 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
269 */
270struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
271 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
272 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
273 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
274};
275
276/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100277 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
278 *
279 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
280 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
281 *
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
283 * also implies a change in the AID.
284 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
285 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300286 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700287 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200288 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200290 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
291 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
292 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
293 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
294 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
295 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200297 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300298 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
300 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200301 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200303 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300304 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200305 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100306 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200307 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300308 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
309 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
311 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
312 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100313 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
316 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700317 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700318 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
319 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700320 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100321 */
322enum ieee80211_bss_change {
323 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
325 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300326 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200328 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
331 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200334 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300335 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300340 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200341 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100342 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100344 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200346 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300347 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700348 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700349 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200350
351 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100352};
353
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300354/*
355 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
356 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
357 * filtering will be disabled.
358 */
359#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
360
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100361/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200362 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
363 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200364 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300365 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300366 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
367 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
368 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700369 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200370enum ieee80211_event_type {
371 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200372 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300373 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300374 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200375};
376
377/**
378 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
379 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
380 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
381 */
382enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700383 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
384 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
385};
386
387/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200388 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200389 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
390 */
391struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
392 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
393};
394
395/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200396 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
397 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200398 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200399 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
400 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200401 */
402enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
403 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200404 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200405 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
406 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200407};
408
409/**
410 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
411 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
412 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
413 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
414 */
415enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
416 MLME_SUCCESS,
417 MLME_DENIED,
418 MLME_TIMEOUT,
419};
420
421/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200422 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200423 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
424 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
425 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
426 */
427struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
428 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
429 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
430 u16 reason;
431};
432
433/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300434 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
435 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
436 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300437 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300438 */
439struct ieee80211_ba_event {
440 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
441 u16 tid;
442 u16 ssn;
443};
444
445/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200446 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200447 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200448 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200449 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300450 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300451 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200452 */
453struct ieee80211_event {
454 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
455 union {
456 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200457 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300458 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200459 } u;
460};
461
462/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200463 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
464 *
465 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
466 *
467 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
468 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
469 */
470struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
471 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
472 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
473};
474
475/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800476 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700477 *
478 * @lci: LCI subelement content
479 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
480 * @lci_len: LCI data length
481 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
482 */
483struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
484 const u8 *lci;
485 const u8 *civicloc;
486 size_t lci_len;
487 size_t civicloc_len;
488};
489
490/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100491 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
492 *
493 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
494 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
495 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300496 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
497 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
498 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
499 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
500 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
501 * ACK, BACK or both
502 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
503 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
504 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200505 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
506 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100507 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200508 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
509 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530510 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100511 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
512 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200513 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
514 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100515 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200516 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300517 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200518 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100519 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
520 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
521 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
522 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200523 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200524 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
525 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200526 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100527 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
528 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200529 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
530 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
531 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700532 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800533 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200534 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
535 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
536 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300537 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100538 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200539 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
540 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100541 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
542 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200543 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100544 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300545 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
546 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
547 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200548 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200549 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
550 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
551 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100552 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
553 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
554 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
555 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200556 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300557 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
558 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
559 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
560 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100561 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
562 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
563 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200564 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200565 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
566 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
567 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300568 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
569 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200570 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300571 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
572 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200573 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100574 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
575 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
576 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
577 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
578 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
579 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100580 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200581 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
582 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
583 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300584 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
585 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
586 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
587 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
588 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
589 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
590 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700591 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
592 * responder functionality.
593 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100594 */
595struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200596 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300597 u8 bss_color;
598 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
599 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
600 bool uora_exists;
601 bool ack_enabled;
602 u8 uora_ocw_range;
603 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
604 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200605 bool twt_requester;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100606 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200607 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530608 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100609 u16 aid;
610 /* erp related data */
611 bool use_cts_prot;
612 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300613 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200614 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800615 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700616 u16 beacon_int;
617 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200618 u64 sync_tsf;
619 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100620 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100621 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300622 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200623 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200624 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200625 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
626 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100627 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
628 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100629 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200630 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300631 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100632 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200633 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200634 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300635 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300636 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
637 size_t ssid_len;
638 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200639 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100640 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100641 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200642 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300643 u16 max_idle_period;
644 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700645 bool ftm_responder;
646 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100647};
648
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800649/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200650 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800651 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700652 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800653 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100654 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200655 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
656 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
657 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
658 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
659 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
660 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
661 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
662 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
663 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
664 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
665 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200666 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200667 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
668 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200669 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200670 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
671 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200672 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200673 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200674 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
675 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
676 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
677 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
678 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
679 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
680 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
681 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200682 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
683 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
684 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300685 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
686 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
688 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
689 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600690 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
691 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
692 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100693 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
694 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
695 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200696 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
697 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200698 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
699 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100700 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
701 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
702 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200703 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
704 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
705 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
706 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100707 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
708 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
709 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100710 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
711 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
712 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
714 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
715 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400716 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200717 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
718 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100719 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
720 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
721 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
722 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200723 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
724 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
725 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530726 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
727 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
728 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200729 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
730 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
731 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200732 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
733 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530734 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
735 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
736 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200737 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
738 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
739 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530740 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
741 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
742 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
743 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
744 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200745 *
746 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
747 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800748 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200749enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200750 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200751 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
752 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
753 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
754 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
755 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
756 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
757 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
758 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
759 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
760 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
761 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
762 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600763 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100764 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200765 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200766 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100769 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100770 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200771 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400772 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200773 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100774 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200775 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530776 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200777 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530778 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530780 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200781};
782
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200783#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
784
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200785/**
786 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
787 *
788 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
789 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530790 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
791 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100792 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100793 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200794 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200795 *
796 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
797 */
798enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
799 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530800 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100801 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100802 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200803 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200804};
805
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200806/*
807 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
808 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
809 */
810#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
811 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
812 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
813 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
814 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100815 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200816 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200817 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200818
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530819/**
820 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
821 * Rate Control algorithm.
822 *
823 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
824 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
825 *
826 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
827 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
828 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
829 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
830 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100831 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
832 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530833 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
834 * Greenfield mode.
835 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100836 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
837 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
838 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530839 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
840 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
841 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
842 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
843 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200844enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
845 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
846 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
847 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
848
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100849 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200850 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
851 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
852 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
853 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
854 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100855 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
856 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
857 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800858};
859
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200860
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200861/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
862#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200863
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200864/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
865#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
866
867/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200868#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200869
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200870/* maximum number of rate table entries */
871#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
872
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200873/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200874 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200875 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200876 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
877 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200878 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200879 *
880 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
881 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
882 *
883 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
884 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200885 *
886 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
887 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
888 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
889 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300890 * information::
891 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200892 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300893 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200894 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
895 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
896 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
897 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300898 * information should then contain::
899 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200900 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300901 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200902 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
903 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200904 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200905struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
906 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100907 u16 count:5,
908 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000909} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200910
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100911#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
912
913static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
914 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
915{
916 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200917 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
918 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100919}
920
921static inline u8
922ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
923{
924 return rate->idx & 0xF;
925}
926
927static inline u8
928ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
929{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200930 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100931}
932
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200933/**
934 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200935 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200936 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
937 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
938 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
939 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
940 *
941 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200942 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200943 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100944 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700945 * @control: union for control data
946 * @status: union for status data
947 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100948 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700949 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100950 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700951 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200952 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200953 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200954struct ieee80211_tx_info {
955 /* common information */
956 u32 flags;
957 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200958
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200959 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100960
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100961 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100962
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200963 union {
964 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200965 union {
966 /* rate control */
967 struct {
968 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
969 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
970 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200971 u8 use_rts:1;
972 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200973 u8 short_preamble:1;
974 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200975 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200976 };
977 /* only needed before rate control */
978 unsigned long jiffies;
979 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +0200980 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +0200981 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200982 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200983 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +0200984 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200985 } control;
986 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +0200987 u64 cookie;
988 } ack;
989 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200990 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +0200991 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200992 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100993 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +0200994 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +0300995 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +0530996 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +0300997 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200998 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200999 struct {
1000 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1001 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001002 u8 pad[4];
1003
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001004 void *rate_driver_data[
1005 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1006 };
1007 void *driver_data[
1008 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001009 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001010};
1011
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001012/**
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001013 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1014 *
1015 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1016 * @info: Basic tx status information
1017 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
1018 */
1019struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1020 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1021 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1022 struct sk_buff *skb;
1023};
1024
1025/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001026 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1027 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001028 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1029 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1030 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001031 *
1032 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1033 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1034 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1035 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1036 */
1037struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001038 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1039 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001040 const u8 *common_ies;
1041 size_t common_ie_len;
1042};
1043
1044
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001045static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1046{
1047 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1048}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001049
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001050static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1051{
1052 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1053}
1054
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001055/**
1056 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1057 *
1058 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1059 *
1060 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1061 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1062 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1063 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1064 *
1065 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1066 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1067 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1068 */
1069static inline void
1070ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1071{
1072 int i;
1073
1074 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1075 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1076 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1077 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1078 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1079 /* clear the rate counts */
1080 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1081 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1082
1083 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001084 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001085 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1086 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1087 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1088}
1089
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001090
1091/**
1092 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1093 *
1094 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1095 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1096 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1097 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001098 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1099 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001100 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001101 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1102 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001103 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1104 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1105 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1106 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001107 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1108 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001109 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1110 * the frame.
1111 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1112 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001113 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001114 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1115 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1116 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001117 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1118 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1119 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001120 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1121 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001122 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1123 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001124 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1125 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1126 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001127 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1128 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1129 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1130 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1131 * on this subframe
1132 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1133 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001134 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1135 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001136 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1137 * processing it in any regular way.
1138 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1139 * them for sniffing purposes.
1140 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1141 * monitor interfaces.
1142 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1143 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001144 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1145 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1146 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1147 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1148 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1149 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1150 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1151 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1152 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001153 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1154 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1155 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001156 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1157 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1158 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001159 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1160 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001161 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1162 * frame
1163 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001164 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1165 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
1166 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1167 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1168 * - DATA3_CODING
1169 * - DATA5_GI
1170 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1171 * - DATA6_NSTS
1172 * - DATA3_STBC
1173 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1174 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1175 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001176 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001177 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1178 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1179 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1180 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001181 */
1182enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001183 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1184 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001185 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001186 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1187 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1188 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1189 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001190 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001191 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1192 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1193 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1194 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1195 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1196 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1197 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1198 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1199 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1200 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1201 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1202 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1203 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1204 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1205 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1206 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001207 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1208 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001209 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1210 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001211 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001212 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001213};
1214
1215/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001216 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001217 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001218 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001219 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1220 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1221 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1222 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1223 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
1224 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1225 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001226 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001227 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001228enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1229 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001230 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1231 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1232 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1233 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1234 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001235};
1236
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001237#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1238
1239enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1240 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1241 RX_ENC_HT,
1242 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001243 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001244};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001245
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001246/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001247 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1248 *
1249 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1250 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001251 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001252 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001253 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1254 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001255 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1256 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001257 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1258 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001259 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001260 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001261 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1262 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001263 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1264 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1265 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001266 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1267 * values were filled.
1268 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1269 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001270 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001271 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001272 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001273 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001274 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001275 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1276 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001277 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001278 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1279 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1280 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001281 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001282 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1283 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1284 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001285 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001286 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001287struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1288 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001289 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001290 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001291 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001292 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001293 u16 freq;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001294 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001295 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1296 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001297 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001298 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001299 u8 rx_flags;
1300 u8 band;
1301 u8 antenna;
1302 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001303 u8 chains;
1304 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001305 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001306 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001307};
1308
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001309/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001310 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1311 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1312 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1313 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1314 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1315 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1316 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1317 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1318 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1319 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1320 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1321 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1322 * @data field.
1323 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1324 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1325 * length
1326 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1327 *
1328 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1329 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1330 * data.
1331 */
1332struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1333 u32 present;
1334 u8 align;
1335 u8 oui[3];
1336 u8 subns;
1337 u8 pad;
1338 u16 len;
1339 u8 data[];
1340} __packed;
1341
1342/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001343 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1344 *
1345 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1346 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001347 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1348 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1349 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001350 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1351 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1352 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1353 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1354 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1355 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1356 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001357 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1358 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1359 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1360 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1361 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001362 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1363 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001364 */
1365enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001366 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001367 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001368 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001369 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001370};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001371
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001372
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001373/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001374 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1375 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001376 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001377 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001378 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001379 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001380 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001381 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001382 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001383 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001384 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1385 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001386 */
1387enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001388 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001389 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001390 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001391 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001392 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1393 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1394 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001395 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001396};
1397
1398/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001399 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1400 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001401 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1402 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1403 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1404 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1405 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001406 */
1407enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1408 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1409 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1410 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1411 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1412
1413 /* keep last */
1414 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1415};
1416
1417/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001418 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1419 *
1420 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1421 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001422 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1423 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001424 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001425 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1426 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1427 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001428 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1429 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1430 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1431 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001432 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1433 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001434 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001435 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001436 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001437 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001438 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001439 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1440 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001441 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001442 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1443 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001444 *
1445 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1446 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001447 * configured for an HT channel.
1448 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1449 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001450 */
1451struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001452 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001453 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001454
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001455 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001456 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001457
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001458 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1459
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001460 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001461 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001462 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001463};
1464
1465/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001466 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1467 *
1468 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1469 * operation.
1470 *
1471 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1472 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1473 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1474 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001475 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1476 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001477 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1478 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001479 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001480 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1481 */
1482struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1483 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001484 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001485 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001486 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001487 u8 count;
1488};
1489
1490/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001491 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1492 *
1493 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1494 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001495 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1496 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1497 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1498 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001499 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1500 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1501 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1502 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001503 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1504 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1505 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001506 */
1507enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1508 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001509 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001510 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001511 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001512};
1513
1514/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001515 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1516 *
1517 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1518 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1519 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001520 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001521 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1522 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001523 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001524 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1525 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001526 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1527 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1528 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001529 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001530 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1531 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1532 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1533 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001534 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1535 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001536 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1537 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1538 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1539 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1540 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001541 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001542 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001543 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001544 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1545 * interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001546 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001547 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001548 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301549 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1550 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001551 */
1552struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001553 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001554 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001555 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001556 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001557 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001558 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001559
1560 u8 cab_queue;
1561 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1562
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001563 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1564
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001565 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1566
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001567 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001568
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001569#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1570 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1571#endif
1572
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001573 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1574
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301575 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1576
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001577 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001578 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001579};
1580
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001581static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1582{
1583#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001584 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001585#endif
1586 return false;
1587}
1588
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001589/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001590 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1591 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1592 *
1593 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1594 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1595 *
1596 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1597 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1598 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1599 */
1600struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1601
1602/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001603 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1604 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1605 *
1606 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1607 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1608 *
1609 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1610 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1611 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1612 */
1613struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1614
1615/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001616 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1617 *
1618 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1619 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1620 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001621 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1622 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001623 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1624 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001625 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1626 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1627 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001628 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1629 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001630 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001631 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1632 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001633 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001634 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001635 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001636 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1637 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1638 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001639 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1640 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1641 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1642 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1643 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1644 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1645 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001646 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001647 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001648 * only for managment frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001649 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1650 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1651 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001652 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1653 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1654 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001655 */
1656enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001657 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1658 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1659 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1660 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1661 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1662 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1663 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001664 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001665 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001666};
1667
1668/**
1669 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1670 *
1671 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1672 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1673 *
1674 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1675 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001676 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001677 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001678 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1679 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001680 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1681 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1682 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001683 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1684 * data block:
1685 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1686 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1687 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001688 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1689 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001690 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001691struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001692 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001693 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001694 u8 icv_len;
1695 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001696 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001697 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001698 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001699 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001700 u8 key[0];
1701};
1702
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001703#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1704
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001705#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1706#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1707
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001708/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001709 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1710 *
1711 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1712 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1713 * reverse order than in packet)
1714 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1715 * reverse order than in packet)
1716 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1717 * reverse order than in packet)
1718 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1719 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001720 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001721 */
1722struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1723 union {
1724 struct {
1725 u32 iv32;
1726 u16 iv16;
1727 } tkip;
1728 struct {
1729 u8 pn[6];
1730 } ccmp;
1731 struct {
1732 u8 pn[6];
1733 } aes_cmac;
1734 struct {
1735 u8 pn[6];
1736 } aes_gmac;
1737 struct {
1738 u8 pn[6];
1739 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001740 struct {
1741 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1742 u8 seq_len;
1743 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001744 };
1745};
1746
1747/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001748 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1749 *
1750 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1751 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1752 *
1753 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1754 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1755 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1756 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1757 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1758 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1759 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1760 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1761 * key_idx value calculation:
1762 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1763 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1764 */
1765struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1766 u32 cipher;
1767 u16 iftype;
1768 u8 hdr_len;
1769 u8 pn_len;
1770 u8 pn_off;
1771 u8 key_idx_off;
1772 u8 key_idx_mask;
1773 u8 key_idx_shift;
1774 u8 mic_len;
1775};
1776
1777/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001778 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1779 *
1780 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1781 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1782 *
1783 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1784 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1785 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001786enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001787 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001788};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001789
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001790/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001791 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1792 *
1793 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1794 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1795 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1796 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1797 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1798 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1799 */
1800enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1801 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1802 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1803 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1804 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1805 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1806 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1807};
1808
1809/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001810 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1811 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1812 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1813 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1814 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1815 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1816 *
1817 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1818 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1819 */
1820enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1821 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1822 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1823 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1824 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1825};
1826
1827/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001828 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1829 *
1830 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001831 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001832 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1833 */
1834struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1835 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1836 struct {
1837 s8 idx;
1838 u8 count;
1839 u8 count_cts;
1840 u8 count_rts;
1841 u16 flags;
1842 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1843};
1844
1845/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001846 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1847 *
1848 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1849 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1850 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1851 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1852 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001853 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001854 *
1855 * @addr: MAC address
1856 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001857 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001858 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1859 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001860 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001861 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1862 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1863 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001864 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1865 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001866 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001867 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001868 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001869 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1870 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001871 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001872 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001873 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1874 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1875 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1876 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001877 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001878 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001879 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001880 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1881 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301882 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001883 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1884 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1885 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001886 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001887 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001888 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001889 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1890 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001891 */
1892struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001893 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001894 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1895 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001896 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001897 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001898 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1899 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001900 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001901 u8 uapsd_queues;
1902 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001903 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001904 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001905 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001906 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001907 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001908 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301909 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001910 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01001911
1912 /**
1913 * @max_amsdu_len:
1914 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1915 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1916 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1917 *
1918 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1919 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1920 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1921 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1922 *
1923 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1924 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1925 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1926 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001927 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001928 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001929 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001930 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001931
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001932 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001933
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001934 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001935 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001936};
1937
1938/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001939 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1940 *
1941 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05301942 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001943 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001944 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1945 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1946 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01001947enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001948 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1949};
1950
1951/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02001952 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1953 *
1954 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1955 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1956 */
1957struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1958 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1959};
1960
1961/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001962 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
1963 *
1964 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
1965 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001966 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
1967 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001968 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02001969 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001970 *
1971 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
1972 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
1973 */
1974struct ieee80211_txq {
1975 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1976 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1977 u8 tid;
1978 u8 ac;
1979
1980 /* must be last */
1981 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1982};
1983
1984/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001985 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1986 *
1987 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1988 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1989 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1990 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1991 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1992 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01001993 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1994 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1995 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1996 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1997 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1998 * algorithm.
1999 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2000 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2001 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2002 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2003 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2004 * CCK frames.
2005 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002006 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2007 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2008 * the FCS at the end.
2009 *
2010 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2011 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2012 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2013 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2014 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2015 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002016 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002017 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002018 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2019 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2020 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2021 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2022 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002023 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2024 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2025 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2026 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2027 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002028 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2029 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2030 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302031 *
2032 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2033 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002034 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002035 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2036 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2037 *
2038 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2039 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2040 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2041 *
2042 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2043 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002044 *
2045 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2046 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002047 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302048 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2049 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2050 * the stack.
2051 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002052 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002053 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2054 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002055 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002056 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2057 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2058 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002059 *
2060 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2061 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2062 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2063 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2064 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2065 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002066 *
2067 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2068 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2069 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2070 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2071 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2072 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002073 *
2074 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2075 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2076 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002077 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002078 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2079 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2080 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002081 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002082 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2083 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2084 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2085 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002086 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2087 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2088 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2089 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2090 * supported cipher suites.
2091 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002092 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2093 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2094 * for frames.
2095 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002096 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2097 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2098 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2099 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002100 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002101 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2102 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2103 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002104 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2105 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2106 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002107 *
2108 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2109 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002110 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002111 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2112 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2113 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2114 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002115 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2116 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2117 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2118 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002119 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002120 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2121 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2122 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002123 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002124 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002125 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002126 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2127 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2128 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002129 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2130 * within A-MPDU.
2131 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002132 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2133 * for sent beacons.
2134 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002135 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2136 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2137 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2138 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2139 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002140 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2141 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2142 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2143 * timeout.
2144 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002145 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2146 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2147 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002148 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2149 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2150 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2151 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2152 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2153 *
2154 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2155 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2156 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302157 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2158 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2159 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2160 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2161 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002162 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2163 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2164 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2165 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002166 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2167 * TDLS links.
2168 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002169 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2170 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2171 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2172 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2173 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2174 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2175 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002176 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002177 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2178 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002179 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002180 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2181 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2182 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002183 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2184 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2185 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2186 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2187 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2188 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002189 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2190 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2191 * TXQs to start with.
2192 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002193 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2194 * length in tx status information
2195 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002196 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002197 */
2198enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002199 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2200 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2201 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2202 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2203 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2204 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2205 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2206 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2207 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2208 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2209 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2210 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2211 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2212 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2213 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2214 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2215 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2216 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2217 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2218 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2219 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2220 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2221 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2222 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2223 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2224 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2225 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2226 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2227 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002228 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002229 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002230 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002231 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002232 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002233 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002234 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2235 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302236 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002237 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002238 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002239 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002240 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002241 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002242 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002243 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002244 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002245
2246 /* keep last, obviously */
2247 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002248};
2249
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002250/**
2251 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002252 *
2253 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2254 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2255 *
2256 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2257 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2258 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002259 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2260 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002261 *
2262 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2263 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002264 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2265 * along with this structure.
2266 *
2267 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2268 *
2269 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2270 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2271 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002272 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2273 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002274 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002275 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002276 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002277 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002278 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002279 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002280 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002281 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002282 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2283 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2284 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002285 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2286 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2287 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002288 *
2289 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2290 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002291 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2292 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002293 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2294 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002295 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2296 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002297 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002298 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2299 * can handle.
2300 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2301 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002302 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002303 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002304 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2305 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2306 * aggregation.
2307 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2308 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2309 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002310 *
2311 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002312 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2313 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2314 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2315 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2316 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002317 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002318 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2319 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2320 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002321 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2322 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002323 *
2324 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2325 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002326 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002327 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002328 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002329 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2330 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002331 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002332 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002333 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2334 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002335 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2336 * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
2337 * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2338 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
2339 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2340 * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
2341 * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
2342 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002343 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002344 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2345 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002346 *
2347 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2348 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2349 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2350 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2351 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2352 * neither enabled.
2353 *
2354 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2355 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2356 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002357 *
2358 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2359 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2360 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002361 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2362 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002363 *
2364 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2365 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2366 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002367 *
2368 * @weight_multipler: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
2369 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002370 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002371struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002372 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002373 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002374 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002375 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002376 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002377 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002378 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002379 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002380 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002381 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002382 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002383 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002384 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002385 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002386 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002387 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002388 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002389 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2390 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002391 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002392 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002393 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002394 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002395 struct {
2396 int units_pos;
2397 s16 accuracy;
2398 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002399 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002400 u8 uapsd_queues;
2401 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002402 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2403 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002404 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002405 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002406 u8 weight_multiplier;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002407};
2408
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002409static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2410 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2411{
2412 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2413}
2414#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2415
2416static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2417 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2418{
2419 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2420}
2421#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2422
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002423/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002424 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2425 *
2426 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2427 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2428 */
2429struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2430 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2431
2432 /* Keep last */
2433 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2434};
2435
2436/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002437 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2438 *
2439 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2440 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2441 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2442 * @status: channel-switch response status
2443 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2444 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2445 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2446 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2447 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2448 */
2449struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2450 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2451 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2452 u8 action_code;
2453 u32 status;
2454 u32 timestamp;
2455 u16 switch_time;
2456 u16 switch_timeout;
2457 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2458 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2459};
2460
2461/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002462 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2463 *
2464 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2465 *
2466 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2467 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2468 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2469 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2470 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002471 *
2472 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002473 */
2474struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2475
2476/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002477 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2478 *
2479 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2480 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2481 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002482static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2483{
2484 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2485}
2486
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002487/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002488 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002489 *
2490 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2491 * @addr: the address to set
2492 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002493static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002494{
2495 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2496}
2497
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002498static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2499ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002500 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002501{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002502 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002503 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002504 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002505}
2506
2507static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2508ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002509 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002510{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002511 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002512 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002513 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002514}
2515
2516static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2517ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002518 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002519{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002520 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002521 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002522 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002523}
2524
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002525/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002526 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2527 * @hw: the hardware
2528 * @skb: the skb
2529 *
2530 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2531 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2532 */
2533void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2534
2535/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002536 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002537 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002538 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2539 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2540 *
2541 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2542 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002543 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2544 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2545 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002546 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2547 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2548 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002549 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2550 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2551 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2552 *
2553 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2554 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2555 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2556 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2557 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002558 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2559 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2560 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2561 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2562 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002563 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2564 *
2565 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2566 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2567 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2568 * based on the receive flags.
2569 *
2570 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2571 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2572 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2573 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002574 *
2575 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2576 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2577 * handler.
2578 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002579 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002580 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2581 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002582 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002583 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002584 *
2585 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2586 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2587 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002588 *
2589 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2590 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2591 * requirements:
2592 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2593 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2594 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2595 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2596 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2597 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2598 encrypted with the new key and
2599 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2600 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002601 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002602
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002603/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002604 * DOC: Powersave support
2605 *
2606 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2607 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002608 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2609 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2610 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2611 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2612 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2613 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2614 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2615 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002616 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002617 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2618 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2619 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002620 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2621 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002622 *
2623 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2624 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2625 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002626 *
2627 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2628 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2629 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2630 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002631 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2632 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002633 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002634 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002635 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2636 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2637 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2638 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2639 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2640 * periods.
2641 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002642 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002643 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2644 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2645 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2646 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2647 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2648 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2649 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2650 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2651 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2652 *
2653 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002654 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002655 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002656 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2657 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2658 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2659 *
2660 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2661 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002662 */
2663
2664/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002665 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2666 *
2667 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002668 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002669 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2670 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2671 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2672 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2673 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2674 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002675 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2676 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002677 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2678 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2679 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2680 *
2681 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2682 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2683 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2684 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2685 *
2686 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2687 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2688 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2689 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002690 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002691 * - a list of information element IDs
2692 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2693 *
2694 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2695 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2696 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2697 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2698 * vendor information elements.
2699 *
2700 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2701 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2702 *
2703 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2704 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2705 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2706 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2707 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2708 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2709 *
2710 *
2711 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2712 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2713 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2714 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2715 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2716 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2717 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2718 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2719 *
2720 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2721 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2722 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002723 */
2724
2725/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002726 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2727 *
2728 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2729 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2730 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2731 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2732 *
2733 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2734 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2735 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2736 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2737 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2738 * hardware flags.
2739 *
2740 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2741 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2742 * turned off otherwise.
2743 *
2744 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2745 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2746 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2747 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2748 */
2749
2750/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002751 * DOC: Frame filtering
2752 *
2753 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2754 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2755 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2756 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2757 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2758 *
2759 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2760 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2761 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2762 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002763 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2764 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2765 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2766 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2767 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2768 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2769 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002770 *
2771 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2772 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2773 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2774 * or dropped.
2775 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002776 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2777 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2778 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2779 * the flag, but not clear it.
2780 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2781 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2782 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2783 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2784 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2785 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2786 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2787 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002788 */
2789
2790/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002791 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2792 *
2793 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2794 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2795 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2796 *
2797 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2798 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2799 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2800 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2801 * the driver code.
2802 *
2803 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2804 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2805 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2806 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2807 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2808 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2809 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2810 *
2811 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2812 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2813 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2814 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2815 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2816 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2817 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2818 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2819 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2820 * @sta_notify callback.
2821 *
2822 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2823 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2824 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2825 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2826 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2827 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2828 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002829 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002830 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2831 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2832 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2833 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2834 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2835 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2836 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002837 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2838 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2839 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002840 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2841 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2842 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2843 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2844 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2845 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2846 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2847 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2848 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2849 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2850 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2851 *
2852 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2853 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2854 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2855 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2856 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2857 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2858 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2859 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2860 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2861 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002862 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002863 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2864 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2865 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2866 *
2867 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2868 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2869 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2870 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2871 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002872 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002873 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2874 *
2875 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2876 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2877 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2878 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002879 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01002880 *
2881 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2882 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2883 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2884 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002885 */
2886
2887/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002888 * DOC: HW queue control
2889 *
2890 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2891 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2892 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2893 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2894 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2895 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2896 *
2897 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2898 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2899 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2900 *
2901 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2902 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2903 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2904 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2905 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2906 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2907 * the hardware queue.
2908 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2909 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2910 *
2911 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2912 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2913 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2914 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2915 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2916 *
2917 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2918 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2919 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2920 * off-channel queue: 9
2921 *
2922 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2923 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2924 *
2925 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2926 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2927 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2928 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2929 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2930 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2931 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2932 *
2933 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2934 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2935 *
2936 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2937 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2938 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2939 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2940 */
2941
2942/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002943 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2944 *
2945 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2946 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2947 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2948 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2949 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002950 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2951 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2952 * multicast address.
2953 *
2954 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2955 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2956 *
2957 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2958 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2959 *
2960 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2961 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2962 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2963 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2964 * honour this flag if possible.
2965 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02002966 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
2967 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002968 *
2969 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04002970 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02002971 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02002972 *
2973 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002974 */
2975enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002976 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2977 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2978 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2979 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2980 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2981 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04002982 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02002983 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002984};
2985
2986/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002987 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2988 *
2989 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2990 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01002991 *
2992 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2993 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02002994 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01002995 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2996 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02002997 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2998 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2999 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003000 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003001 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3002 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3003 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3004 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3005 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3006 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3007 * session is gone and removes the station.
3008 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3009 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3010 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3011 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003012 */
3013enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3014 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3015 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003016 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003017 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3018 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3019 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003020 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003021};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003022
3023/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003024 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3025 *
3026 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3027 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3028 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3029 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3030 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3031 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3032 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3033 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3034 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3035 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3036 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3037 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3038 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3039 */
3040struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3041 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3042 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3043 u16 tid;
3044 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003045 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003046 bool amsdu;
3047 u16 timeout;
3048};
3049
3050/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003051 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3052 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003053 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3054 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003055 */
3056enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3057 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003058 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003059};
3060
3061/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003062 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3063 *
3064 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003065 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3066 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3067 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003068 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003069 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3070 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3071 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003072 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3073 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003074 */
3075enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3076 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3077 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003078 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003079 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003080};
3081
3082/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003083 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3084 *
3085 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3086 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3087 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3088 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3089 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3090 *
3091 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3092 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3093 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3094 */
3095enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3096 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3097 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3098};
3099
3100/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003101 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3102 *
3103 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3104 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3105 *
3106 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3107 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3108 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3109 * of wowlan configuration)
3110 */
3111enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3112 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3113 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3114};
3115
3116/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003117 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3118 *
3119 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3120 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3121 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3122 *
3123 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3124 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3125 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003126 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003127 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003128 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003129 *
3130 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3131 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3132 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3133 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3134 * or zero.
3135 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3136 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3137 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003138 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003139 *
3140 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3141 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3142 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3143 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003144 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3145 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003146 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003147 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003148 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3149 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3150 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3151 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3152 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003153 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3154 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3155 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3156 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003157 *
3158 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3159 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3160 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3161 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3162 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3163 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003164 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3165 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3166 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3167 * in suspend().
3168 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003169 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003170 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003171 * and @stop must be implemented.
3172 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3173 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3174 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3175 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3176 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003177 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003178 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003179 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3180 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3181 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3182 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3183 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3184 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003185 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3186 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3187 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3188 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3189 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3190 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3191 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003192 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003193 *
3194 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3195 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003196 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003197 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003198 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003199 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3200 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3201 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3202 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3203 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003204 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3205 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003206 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003207 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3208 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3209 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3210 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003211 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3212 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003213 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003214 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003215 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3216 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3217 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3218 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3219 * which flags are changed.
3220 * This callback can sleep.
3221 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003222 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003223 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003224 *
3225 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003226 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3227 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003228 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003229 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003230 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003231 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003232 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3233 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3234 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003235 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003236 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003237 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3238 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3239 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3240 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3241 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3242 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003243 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3244 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3245 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3246 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003247 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003248 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003249 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3250 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003251 * that power save is disabled.
3252 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3253 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3254 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3255 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3256 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3257 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3258 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003259 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3260 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3261 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3262 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3263 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003264 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003265 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003266 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3267 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3268 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3269 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3270 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3271 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3272 * The callback can sleep.
3273 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003274 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3275 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3276 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3277 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3278 *
3279 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003280 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003281 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003282 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3283 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003284 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3285 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3286 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003287 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003288 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3289 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3290 * this notification.
3291 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003292 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003293 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3294 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003295 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003296 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003297 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3298 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3299 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003300 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003301 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003302 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003303 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3304 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3305 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003306 * The callback can sleep.
3307 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003308 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003309 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003310 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003311 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3312 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3313 *
3314 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003315 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3316 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3317 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3318 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3319 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003320 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303321 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3322 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003323 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3324 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303325 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003326 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003327 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3328 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3329 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003330 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003331 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3332 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3333 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3334 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003335 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3336 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3337 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3338 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3339 * The callback can sleep.
3340 *
3341 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3342 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3343 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3344 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3345 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003346 * The callback can sleep.
3347 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003348 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3349 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3350 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3351 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3352 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3353 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3354 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003355 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3356 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3357 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003358 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003359 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3360 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3361 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3362 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3363 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3364 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3365 * The callback can sleep.
3366 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003367 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003368 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003369 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003370 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003371 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003372 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003373 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003374 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003375 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003376 *
3377 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003378 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003379 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003380 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003381 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003382 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3383 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3384 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3385 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3386 * The callback can sleep.
3387 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003388 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3389 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3390 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3391 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003392 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003393 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003394 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3395 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3396 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003397 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003398 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003399 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003400 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3401 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003402 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3403 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3404 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003405 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003406 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003407 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3408 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003409 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3410 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3411 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003412 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003413 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3414 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003415 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003416 *
3417 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003418 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3419 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3420 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3421 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003422 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003423 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003424 *
3425 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3426 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3427 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3428 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003429 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003430 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3431 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3432 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3433 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3434 *
3435 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003436 *
3437 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3438 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3439 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3440 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3441 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3442 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003443 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003444 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3445 * must be accepted in this case.
3446 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003447 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3448 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003449 *
3450 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3451 *
3452 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303453 *
3454 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3455 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303456 *
3457 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3458 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3459 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003460 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3461 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003462 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003463 *
3464 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3465 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3466 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3467 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003468 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003469 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3470 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3471 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3472 * more-data bit must always be set.
3473 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3474 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003475 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3476 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3477 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3478 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3479 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3480 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003481 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3482 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3483 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003484 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3485 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003486 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003487 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003488 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003489 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3490 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3491 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003492 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003493 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3494 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3495 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3496 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003497 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003498 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003499 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3500 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3501 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003502 *
3503 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3504 *
3505 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3506 *
3507 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3508 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3509 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003510 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3511 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3512 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3513 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3514 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3515 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3516 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3517 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3518 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003519 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3520 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3521 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003522 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3523 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003524 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3525 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003526 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003527 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003528 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3529 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3530 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3531 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3532 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3533 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3534 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3535 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3536 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003537 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303538 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003539 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303540 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003541 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3542 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3543 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303544 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003545 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3546 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303547 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003548 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3549 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303550 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003551 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3552 * another, as specified in the list of
3553 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3554 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303555 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003556 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003557 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3558 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3559 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3560 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3561 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3562 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3563 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003564 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003565 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3566 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3567 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3568 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3569 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003570 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003571 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3572 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3573 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003574 *
3575 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3576 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3577 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003578 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003579 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3580 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003581 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003582 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003583 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3584 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003585 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3586 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003587 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003588 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003589 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3590 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3591 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003592 *
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003593 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3594 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3595 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3596 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003597 *
3598 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3599 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3600 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003601 *
3602 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3603 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003604 *
3605 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3606 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3607 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3608 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3609 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3610 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3611 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3612 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3613 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003614 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3615 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3616 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3617 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3618 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3619 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3620 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003621 *
3622 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003623 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3624 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3625 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3626 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003627 *
3628 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3629 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003630 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3631 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3632 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3633 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3634 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3635 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003636 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3637 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3638 * this call.
3639 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3640 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3641 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003642 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3643 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3644 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3645 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003646 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3647 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003648 *
3649 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3650 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003651 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003652struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003653 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3654 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3655 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003656 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003657 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003658#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3659 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3660 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003661 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003662#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003663 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003664 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003665 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3666 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003667 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003668 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003669 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003670 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003671 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3672 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3673 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3674 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003675
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003676 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3677 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3678
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003679 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003680 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003681 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3682 unsigned int changed_flags,
3683 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003684 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003685 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3686 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3687 unsigned int filter_flags,
3688 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003689 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3690 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003691 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003692 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003693 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003694 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003695 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3696 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3697 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3698 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003699 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3700 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3701 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003702 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3703 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003704 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003705 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003706 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3707 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003708 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3709 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3710 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003711 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003712 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003713 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003714 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3715 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3716 const u8 *mac_addr);
3717 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3718 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003719 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3720 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003721 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3722 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3723 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003724 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003725 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003726 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3727 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3728 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3729 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303730#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3731 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3732 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3733 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3734 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303735#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003736 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003737 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003738 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3739 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3740 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3741 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003742 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3743 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3744 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003745 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3746 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3747 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3748 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003749 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3750 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3751 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003752 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3753 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3754 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3755 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003756 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003757 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003758 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003759 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3760 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3761 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003762 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3763 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003764 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003765 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003766
3767 /**
3768 * @ampdu_action:
3769 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3770 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3771 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3772 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3773 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3774 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3775 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3776 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3777 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3778 *
3779 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3780 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3781 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3782 *
3783 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3784 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3785 *
3786 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3787 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3788 * - ``TX: 81``
3789 *
3790 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3791 *
3792 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3793 * The callback can sleep.
3794 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003795 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003796 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003797 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003798 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3799 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003800 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003801 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003802#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003803 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3804 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003805 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3806 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3807 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003808#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003809 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3810 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003811 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003812 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003813 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003814 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3815 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003816
3817 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003818 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003819 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003820 int duration,
3821 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003822 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003823 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3824 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3825 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303826 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303827 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3828 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003829 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3830 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3831 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003832
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003833 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3834 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3835 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3836 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3837 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003838 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3839 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3840 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3841 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3842 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003843
3844 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3845 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3846 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3847 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3848 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3849 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3850 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3851 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003852
3853 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003854 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3855 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003856
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003857 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3858 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3859
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003860 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3861 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3862 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3863 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3864 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3865 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3866 u32 changed);
3867 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3868 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3869 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3870 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3871 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3872 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003873 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3874 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3875 int n_vifs,
3876 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003877
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003878 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3879 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003880
3881#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3882 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3883 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3884 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3885#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003886 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3887 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3888 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003889 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3890 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3891 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003892
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003893 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3894 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3895
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003896 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3897 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03003898 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3899 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003900 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3901 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003902
3903 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3904 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3905 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3906 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003907 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003908 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3909 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3910 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003911 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3912 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3913 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003914
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01003915 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3916 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003917 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003918
3919 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3920 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3921 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3922 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3923 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003924 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3925 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3926 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003927 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3928 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3929 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3930 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3931 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3932 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003933 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3934 struct sk_buff *head,
3935 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003936 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3937 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3938 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003939 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3940 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3941 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3942 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003943};
3944
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003945/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07003946 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
3947 *
3948 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3949 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3950 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3951 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3952 * @priv_data_len.
3953 *
3954 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3955 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3956 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
3957 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
3958 *
3959 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3960 */
3961struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
3962 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
3963 const char *requested_name);
3964
3965/**
3966 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003967 *
3968 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3969 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3970 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3971 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3972 * @priv_data_len.
3973 *
3974 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3975 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003976 *
3977 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003978 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07003979static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003980struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07003981 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
3982{
3983 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
3984}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003985
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003986/**
3987 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
3988 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01003989 * You must call this function before any other functions in
3990 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
3991 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003992 *
3993 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003994 *
3995 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003996 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003997int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3998
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01003999/**
4000 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4001 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4002 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4003 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4004 */
4005struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4006 int throughput;
4007 int blink_time;
4008};
4009
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004010/**
4011 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4012 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4013 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4014 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4015 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4016 */
4017enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4018 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4019 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4020 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4021};
4022
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004023#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004024const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4025const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4026const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4027const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4028const char *
4029__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4030 unsigned int flags,
4031 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4032 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004033#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004034/**
4035 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4036 *
4037 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4038 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4039 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4040 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4041 *
4042 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004043 *
4044 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004045 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004046static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004047{
4048#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4049 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4050#else
4051 return NULL;
4052#endif
4053}
4054
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004055/**
4056 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4057 *
4058 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4059 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4060 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4061 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4062 *
4063 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004064 *
4065 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004066 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004067static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004068{
4069#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4070 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4071#else
4072 return NULL;
4073#endif
4074}
4075
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004076/**
4077 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4078 *
4079 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4080 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4081 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4082 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4083 *
4084 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004085 *
4086 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004087 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004088static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004089{
4090#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4091 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4092#else
4093 return NULL;
4094#endif
4095}
4096
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004097/**
4098 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4099 *
4100 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4101 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4102 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4103 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4104 *
4105 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004106 *
4107 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004108 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004109static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004110{
4111#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4112 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4113#else
4114 return NULL;
4115#endif
4116}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004117
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004118/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004119 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4120 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004121 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004122 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4123 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4124 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004125 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4126 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4127 *
4128 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004129 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004130static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004131ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004132 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4133 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4134{
4135#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004136 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004137 blink_table_len);
4138#else
4139 return NULL;
4140#endif
4141}
4142
4143/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004144 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4145 *
4146 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4147 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4148 *
4149 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4150 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004151void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4152
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004153/**
4154 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4155 *
4156 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4157 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004158 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004159 *
4160 * @hw: the hardware to free
4161 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004162void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4163
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004164/**
4165 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4166 *
4167 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4168 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4169 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4170 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4171 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4172 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4173 *
4174 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4175 */
4176void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4177
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004178/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004179 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004180 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004181 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4182 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4183 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4184 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4185 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4186 *
4187 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4188 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4189 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4190 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4191 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4192 *
4193 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4194 *
4195 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004196 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004197 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4198 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004199 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004200void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4201 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004202
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004203/**
4204 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4205 *
4206 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004207 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4208 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4209 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4210 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004211 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004212 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004213 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4214 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004215 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4216 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004217 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004218 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004219 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004220 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4221 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004222 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004223static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4224{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004225 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004226}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004227
4228/**
4229 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4230 *
4231 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004232 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4233 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004234 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004235 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4236 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004237 *
4238 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4239 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004240 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004241void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004242
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004243/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004244 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4245 *
4246 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4247 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4248 *
4249 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004250 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4251 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004252 *
4253 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4254 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4255 */
4256static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4257 struct sk_buff *skb)
4258{
4259 local_bh_disable();
4260 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4261 local_bh_enable();
4262}
4263
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004264/**
4265 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4266 *
4267 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4268 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4269 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4270 *
4271 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4272 *
4273 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4274 * each other.
4275 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004276 * @sta: currently connected sta
4277 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004278 *
4279 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004280 */
4281int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4282
4283/**
4284 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4285 * (in process context)
4286 *
4287 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4288 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4289 * applies.
4290 *
4291 * @sta: currently connected sta
4292 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004293 *
4294 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004295 */
4296static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4297 bool start)
4298{
4299 int ret;
4300
4301 local_bh_disable();
4302 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4303 local_bh_enable();
4304
4305 return ret;
4306}
4307
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004308/**
4309 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4310 * @sta: currently connected station
4311 *
4312 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4313 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4314 * connected station was received.
4315 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4316 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4317 * be serialized.
4318 */
4319void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4320
4321/**
4322 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4323 * @sta: currently connected station
4324 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4325 *
4326 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4327 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4328 * from a connected station was received.
4329 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4330 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4331 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004332 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4333 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4334 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4335 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004336 */
4337void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4338
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004339/*
4340 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4341 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4342 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004343#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004344
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004345/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004346 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004347 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004348 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4349 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004350 *
4351 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004352 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4353 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004354 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004355 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4356 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4357 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4358 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4359 *
4360 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4361 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4362 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4363 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4364 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4365 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4366 *
4367 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4368 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4369 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4370 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4371 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004372 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004373void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4374 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004375
4376/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004377 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4378 *
4379 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4380 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4381 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4382 *
4383 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4384 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4385 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4386 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4387 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4388 */
4389void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4390 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4391 struct sk_buff *skb,
4392 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4393 int max_rates);
4394
4395/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004396 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4397 *
4398 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4399 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4400 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4401 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4402 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4403 * slow stations to starve).
4404 *
4405 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4406 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4407 */
4408void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4409 u32 thr);
4410
4411/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304412 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4413 *
4414 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4415 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4416 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4417 *
4418 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4419 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4420 * @info: tx status information
4421 */
4422void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4423 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4424 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4425
4426/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004427 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4428 *
4429 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4430 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4431 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4432 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004433 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4434 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004435 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004436 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4437 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004438 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004439 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4440 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004441 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004442void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004443 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004444
4445/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004446 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4447 *
4448 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4449 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4450 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4451 *
4452 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4453 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4454 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4455 *
4456 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4457 * @status: tx status information
4458 */
4459void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4460 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4461
4462/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004463 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4464 *
4465 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4466 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4467 * specific skbs.
4468 *
4469 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4470 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4471 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4472 *
4473 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4474 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4475 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4476 * @info: tx status information
4477 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004478static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4479 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4480 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4481{
4482 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4483 .sta = sta,
4484 .info = info,
4485 };
4486
4487 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4488}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004489
4490/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004491 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4492 *
4493 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4494 *
4495 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4496 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4497 * for a single hardware.
4498 *
4499 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4500 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4501 */
4502static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4503 struct sk_buff *skb)
4504{
4505 local_bh_disable();
4506 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4507 local_bh_enable();
4508}
4509
4510/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004511 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004512 *
4513 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4514 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4515 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004516 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4517 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004518 *
4519 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4520 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004521 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004522void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004523 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004524
4525/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004526 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4527 *
4528 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4529 * connected STA.
4530 *
4531 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4532 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4533 */
4534void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4535
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004536#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4537
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004538/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004539 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4540 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4541 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004542 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4543 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4544 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004545 */
4546struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4547 u16 tim_offset;
4548 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004549
4550 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004551};
4552
4553/**
4554 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4555 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4556 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4557 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4558 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4559 *
4560 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4561 * obtain the beacon template.
4562 *
4563 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4564 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004565 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4566 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004567 *
4568 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4569 *
4570 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4571 */
4572struct sk_buff *
4573ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4574 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4575 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4576
4577/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004578 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4579 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004580 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004581 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4582 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4583 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4584 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4585 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4586 *
4587 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004588 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004589 *
4590 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4591 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004592 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4593 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004594 *
4595 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004596 *
4597 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004598 */
4599struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4600 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4601 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4602
4603/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004604 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4605 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004606 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004607 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004608 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004609 *
4610 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004611 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004612static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4613 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4614{
4615 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4616}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004617
4618/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004619 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4620 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4621 *
4622 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4623 * This function is called implicitly when
4624 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4625 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4626 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4627 *
4628 * Return: new csa counter value
4629 */
4630u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4631
4632/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004633 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4634 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4635 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4636 *
4637 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4638 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4639 *
4640 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4641 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4642 */
4643void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4644
4645/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004646 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4647 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4648 *
4649 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004650 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004651 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4652 */
4653void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4654
4655/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004656 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004657 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4658 *
4659 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4660 */
4661bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4662
4663
4664/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004665 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4666 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4667 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4668 *
4669 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4670 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4671 *
4672 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004673 *
4674 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004675 */
4676struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4677 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4678
4679/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004680 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4681 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4682 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4683 *
4684 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4685 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4686 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4687 *
4688 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4689 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004690 *
4691 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004692 */
4693struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4694 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4695
4696/**
4697 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4698 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4699 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004700 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4701 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004702 *
4703 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4704 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4705 * BSSID and address is used.
4706 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004707 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4708 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4709 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004710 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4711 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004712 *
4713 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004714 */
4715struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004716 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4717 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004718
4719/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004720 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4721 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004722 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004723 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4724 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004725 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004726 *
4727 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4728 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004729 *
4730 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004731 */
4732struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004733 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004734 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004735 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004736
4737/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004738 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4739 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004740 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004741 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4742 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004743 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004744 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4745 *
4746 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4747 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4748 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4749 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4750 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004751void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004752 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004753 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004754 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4755
4756/**
4757 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4758 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004759 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004760 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004761 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004762 *
4763 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4764 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4765 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004766 *
4767 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004768 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004769__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4770 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004771 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004772
4773/**
4774 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4775 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004776 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004777 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4778 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004779 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004780 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4781 *
4782 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4783 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4784 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4785 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4786 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004787void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4788 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004789 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004790 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004791 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4792
4793/**
4794 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4795 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004796 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004797 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004798 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004799 *
4800 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4801 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4802 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004803 *
4804 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004805 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004806__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4807 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004808 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004809 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004810
4811/**
4812 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4813 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004814 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02004815 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004816 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004817 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004818 *
4819 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4820 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004821 *
4822 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004823 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004824__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4825 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02004826 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004827 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004828 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004829
4830/**
4831 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4832 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004833 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004834 *
4835 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4836 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4837 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4838 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004839 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4840 *
4841 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4842 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004843 *
4844 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4845 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4846 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4847 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4848 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4849 * use common code for all beacons.
4850 */
4851struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004852ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004853
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004854/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004855 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4856 *
4857 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4858 *
4859 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4860 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4861 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4862 */
4863void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4864 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4865
4866/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004867 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004868 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004869 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4870 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004871 *
4872 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004873 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4874 * with this P1K
4875 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004876 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004877static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4878 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4879{
4880 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4881 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4882 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4883
4884 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4885}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004886
4887/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02004888 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4889 *
4890 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4891 * and transmitter address.
4892 *
4893 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4894 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4895 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4896 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4897 */
4898void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4899 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4900
4901/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004902 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
4903 *
4904 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4905 * in the packet.
4906 *
4907 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4908 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4909 * encrypted with this key
4910 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
4911 */
4912void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4913 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02004914
4915/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02004916 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4917 *
4918 * @pos: start of crypto header
4919 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4920 * @pn: PN to add
4921 *
4922 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4923 * the packet payload)
4924 *
4925 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4926 * point to the crypto header)
4927 */
4928u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4929
4930/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02004931 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4932 *
4933 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02004934 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02004935 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4936 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4937 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4938 *
4939 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4940 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4941 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4942 *
4943 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4944 * can be done concurrently.
4945 */
4946void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4947 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4948
4949/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02004950 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4951 *
4952 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02004953 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02004954 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4955 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4956 * @seq: new sequence data
4957 *
4958 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
4959 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
4960 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
4961 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
4962 *
4963 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4964 * can be done concurrently.
4965 */
4966void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4967 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4968
4969/**
4970 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
4971 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4972 *
4973 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
4974 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
4975 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
4976 *
4977 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
4978 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
4979 */
4980void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4981
4982/**
4983 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
4984 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
4985 * @keyconf: new key data
4986 *
4987 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
4988 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
4989 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
4990 *
4991 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
4992 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
4993 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
4994 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
4995 *
4996 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
4997 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
4998 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
4999 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5000 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5001 * of the reconfiguration.
5002 *
5003 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5004 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5005 *
5006 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5007 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5008 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5009 * the key that's being replaced.
5010 */
5011struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5012ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5013 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5014
5015/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005016 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5017 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5018 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5019 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5020 * @gfp: allocation flags
5021 */
5022void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5023 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5024
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005025/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005026 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5027 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5028 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5029 *
5030 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5031 */
5032void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5033
5034/**
5035 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5036 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5037 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5038 *
5039 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5040 */
5041void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5042
5043/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005044 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5045 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5046 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5047 *
5048 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005049 *
5050 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005051 */
5052
5053int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5054
5055/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005056 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5057 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5058 *
5059 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5060 */
5061void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5062
5063/**
5064 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5065 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5066 *
5067 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5068 */
5069void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5070
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005071/**
5072 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5073 *
5074 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5075 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005076 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5077 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005078 *
5079 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005080 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005081 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005082void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5083 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005084
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005085/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005086 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5087 *
5088 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5089 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5090 *
5091 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5092 */
5093void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5094
5095/**
5096 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5097 *
5098 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5099 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5100 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5101 * while associating, for instance.
5102 *
5103 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5104 */
5105void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5106
5107/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005108 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5109 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5110 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5111 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5112 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5113 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5114 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5115 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005116 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005117 */
5118enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5119 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5120 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005121 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005122};
5123
5124/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005125 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5126 *
5127 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5128 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5129 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5130 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5131 *
5132 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5133 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5134 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5135 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5136 */
5137void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5138 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5139 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5140 void *data);
5141
5142/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005143 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005144 *
5145 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5146 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005147 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5148 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5149 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005150 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005151 *
5152 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005153 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005154 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005155 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5156 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005157static inline void
5158ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5159 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5160 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5161 void *data)
5162{
5163 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5164 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5165 iterator, data);
5166}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005167
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005168/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005169 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5170 *
5171 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5172 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5173 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5174 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005175 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005176 *
5177 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005178 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005179 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5180 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5181 */
5182void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005183 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005184 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5185 u8 *mac,
5186 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5187 void *data);
5188
5189/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005190 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5191 *
5192 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5193 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5194 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5195 *
5196 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5197 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5198 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5199 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5200 */
5201void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5202 u32 iter_flags,
5203 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5204 u8 *mac,
5205 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5206 void *data);
5207
5208/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005209 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5210 *
5211 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5212 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5213 * function for them.
5214 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5215 *
5216 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5217 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5218 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5219 */
5220void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5221 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5222 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5223 void *data);
5224/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005225 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5226 *
5227 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5228 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5229 *
5230 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5231 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5232 */
5233void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5234
5235/**
5236 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5237 *
5238 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5239 * workqueue.
5240 *
5241 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5242 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5243 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5244 */
5245void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5246 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5247 unsigned long delay);
5248
5249/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005250 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005251 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005252 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305253 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005254 *
5255 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005256 *
5257 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5258 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5259 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5260 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305261int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5262 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005263
5264/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005265 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005266 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005267 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5268 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5269 *
5270 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005271 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5272 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005273 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005274void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005275 u16 tid);
5276
5277/**
5278 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005279 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005280 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005281 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005282 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005283 *
5284 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5285 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5286 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5287 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005288int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005289
5290/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005291 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005292 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005293 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5294 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5295 *
5296 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005297 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5298 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005299 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005300void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005301 u16 tid);
5302
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005303/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005304 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5305 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005306 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005307 * @addr: station's address
5308 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005309 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5310 *
5311 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005312 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5313 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005314struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005315 const u8 *addr);
5316
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005317/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005318 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005319 *
5320 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005321 * @addr: remote station's address
5322 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005323 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005324 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5325 *
5326 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005327 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5328 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005329 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5330 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5331 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5332 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5333 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5334 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5335 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005336 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005337 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005338 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005339struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5340 const u8 *addr,
5341 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005342
5343/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005344 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5345 * @hw: the hardware
5346 * @pubsta: the station
5347 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5348 *
5349 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5350 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5351 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5352 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5353 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5354 *
5355 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5356 * manner.
5357 *
5358 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5359 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5360 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5361 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5362 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5363 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5364 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5365 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5366 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5367 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5368 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5369 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5370 * woke up while blocked or not.
5371 */
5372void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5373 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5374
5375/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005376 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5377 * @pubsta: the station
5378 *
5379 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5380 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5381 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5382 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5383 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005384 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5385 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5386 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5387 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5388 *
5389 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5390 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5391 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5392 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005393 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005394void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005395
5396/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005397 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5398 * @pubsta: the station
5399 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5400 *
5401 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5402 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5403 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5404 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5405 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5406 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5407 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5408 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5409 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5410 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5411 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5412 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5413 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5414 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5415 */
5416void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5417
5418/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005419 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5420 *
5421 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5422 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5423 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5424 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5425 *
5426 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5427 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5428 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5429 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5430 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5431 * attempts.
5432 *
5433 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5434 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5435 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5436 * them to 0.
5437 *
5438 * @pubsta: the station
5439 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5440 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5441 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5442 */
5443void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5444 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5445
5446/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005447 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5448 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5449 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5450 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5451 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5452 *
5453 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5454 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5455 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5456 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5457 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5458 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005459 *
5460 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5461 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5462 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005463 */
5464void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5465 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5466 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5467 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5468 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5469 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5470 void *data),
5471 void *iter_data);
5472
5473/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005474 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5475 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5476 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5477 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5478 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5479 *
5480 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5481 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5482 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5483 * in removal process will be skipped.
5484 *
5485 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5486 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5487 */
5488void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5489 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5490 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5491 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5492 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5493 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5494 void *data),
5495 void *iter_data);
5496
5497/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005498 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5499 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5500 * @iter: iterator function
5501 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5502 *
5503 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5504 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5505 * places while calling into the driver.
5506 *
5507 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5508 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5509 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005510 *
5511 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5512 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5513 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5514 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005515 */
5516void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5517 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5518 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5519 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5520 void *data),
5521 void *iter_data);
5522
5523/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005524 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5525 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5526 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5527 *
5528 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5529 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5530 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5531 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5532 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005533 * %NULL.
5534 *
5535 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005536 */
5537struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5538 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5539
5540/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005541 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5542 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005543 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005544 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005545 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005546 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005547 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5548 */
5549void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005550
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005551/**
5552 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5553 *
5554 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5555 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005556 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005557 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5558 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005559 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5560 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005561 *
5562 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5563 * without connection recovery attempts.
5564 */
5565void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5566
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005567/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005568 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5569 *
5570 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5571 *
5572 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5573 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5574 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5575 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5576 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5577 *
5578 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5579 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5580 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5581 * disconnect normally later.
5582 *
5583 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5584 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5585 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5586 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5587 */
5588void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5589
5590/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005591 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5592 * rssi threshold triggered
5593 *
5594 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5595 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005596 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005597 * @gfp: context flags
5598 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005599 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005600 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5601 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5602 */
5603void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5604 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005605 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005606 gfp_t gfp);
5607
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005608/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005609 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5610 *
5611 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5612 * @gfp: context flags
5613 */
5614void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5615
5616/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005617 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5618 *
5619 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5620 */
5621void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5622
5623/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005624 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5625 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5626 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5627 *
5628 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5629 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5630 */
5631void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5632
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005633/**
5634 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5635 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005636 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005637 *
5638 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5639 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5640 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5641 */
5642void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5643 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5644
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005645/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005646 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5647 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5648 */
5649void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5650
5651/**
5652 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5653 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5654 */
5655void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5656
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005657/**
5658 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5659 *
5660 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5661 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5662 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5663 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5664 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5665 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5666 *
5667 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5668 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5669 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5670 */
5671void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5672 const u8 *addr);
5673
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005674/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005675 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5676 * @pubsta: station struct
5677 * @tid: the session's TID
5678 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5679 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5680 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5681 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5682 *
5683 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5684 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5685 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5686 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5687 */
5688void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5689 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5690 u16 received_mpdus);
5691
5692/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005693 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5694 *
5695 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5696 * buffer.
5697 *
5698 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5699 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5700 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5701 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5702 */
5703void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5704
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005705/**
5706 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5707 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5708 * @addr: station mac address
5709 * @tid: the rx tid
5710 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005711void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005712 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005713
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005714/**
5715 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5716 *
5717 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5718 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5719 * reordering.
5720 *
5721 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5722 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5723 *
5724 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5725 * @addr: station mac address
5726 * @tid: the rx tid
5727 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005728static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5729 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5730{
5731 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5732 return;
5733 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5734}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005735
5736/**
5737 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5738 *
5739 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5740 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5741 * reordering.
5742 *
5743 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5744 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5745 *
5746 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5747 * @addr: station mac address
5748 * @tid: the rx tid
5749 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005750static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5751 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5752{
5753 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5754 return;
5755 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5756}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005757
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005758/**
5759 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5760 *
5761 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5762 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5763 *
5764 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5765 *
5766 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5767 * @addr: station mac address
5768 * @tid: the rx tid
5769 */
5770void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5771 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5772
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005773/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005774
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005775/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005776 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005777 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005778 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5779 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5780 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005781 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5782 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005783 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5784 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5785 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5786 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5787 * RTS threshold
5788 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5789 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005790 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005791 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005792 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005793 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005794struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5795 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5796 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5797 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5798 struct sk_buff *skb;
5799 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5800 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02005801 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005802 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005803 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005804};
5805
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005806/**
5807 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5808 */
5809enum rate_control_capabilities {
5810 /**
5811 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5812 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5813 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5814 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5815 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5816 */
5817 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5818};
5819
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005820struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005821 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005822 const char *name;
5823 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005824 void (*free)(void *priv);
5825
5826 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5827 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005828 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005829 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05305830 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005831 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02005832 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5833 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005834 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5835 void *priv_sta);
5836
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02005837 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5838 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5839 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005840 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5841 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5842 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005843 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5844 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005845
5846 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5847 struct dentry *dir);
5848 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02005849
5850 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005851};
5852
5853static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005854 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005855 int index)
5856{
5857 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5858}
5859
Luis R. Rodriguez4c6d4f52009-07-16 10:05:41 -07005860/**
5861 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5862 *
5863 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5864 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5865 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5866 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5867 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5868 * not null.
5869 *
5870 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5871 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5872 *
5873 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5874 * that this may be null.
5875 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5876 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5877 */
5878bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5879 void *priv_sta,
5880 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5881
5882
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005883static inline s8
5884rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5885 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5886{
5887 int i;
5888
5889 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5890 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5891 return i;
5892
5893 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005894 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005895
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005896 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005897 return 0;
5898}
5899
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07005900static inline
5901bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5902 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5903{
5904 unsigned int i;
5905
5906 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5907 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5908 return true;
5909 return false;
5910}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005911
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02005912/**
5913 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5914 *
5915 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5916 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5917 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5918 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5919 *
5920 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5921 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5922 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5923 */
5924int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5925 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5926 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5927
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01005928int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5929void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005930
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005931static inline bool
5932conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5933{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005934 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005935}
5936
5937static inline bool
5938conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5939{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005940 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5941 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005942}
5943
5944static inline bool
5945conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5946{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005947 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5948 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005949}
5950
5951static inline bool
5952conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5953{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005954 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005955}
5956
5957static inline bool
5958conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5959{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02005960 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
5961 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
5962 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005963}
5964
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02005965static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5966ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
5967{
5968 if (p2p) {
5969 switch (type) {
5970 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
5971 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
5972 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
5973 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
5974 default:
5975 break;
5976 }
5977 }
5978 return type;
5979}
5980
5981static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5982ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
5983{
5984 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
5985}
5986
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02005987/**
5988 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
5989 *
5990 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5991 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
5992 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
5993 *
5994 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
5995 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
5996 * matching GroupId management frame.
5997 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
5998 */
5999void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6000 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6001
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006002void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6003 int rssi_min_thold,
6004 int rssi_max_thold);
6005
6006void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006007
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006008/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006009 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006010 *
6011 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6012 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006013 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6014 *
6015 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6016 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006017 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006018int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6019
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006020/**
6021 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6022 * @vif: virtual interface
6023 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6024 * @gfp: allocation flags
6025 *
6026 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6027 */
6028void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6029 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6030 gfp_t gfp);
6031
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006032/**
6033 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6034 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6035 * @vif: virtual interface
6036 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6037 * @band: the band to transmit on
6038 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6039 *
6040 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6041 */
6042bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6043 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6044 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6045
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006046/**
6047 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6048 *
6049 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6050 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6051 *
6052 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6053 *
6054 * private:
6055 *
6056 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6057 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6058 */
6059struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6060 u32 next_tsf;
6061 bool has_next_tsf;
6062
6063 u8 absent;
6064
6065 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6066 struct {
6067 u32 start;
6068 u32 duration;
6069 u32 interval;
6070 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6071};
6072
6073/**
6074 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6075 *
6076 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6077 * @data: NoA tracking data
6078 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6079 *
6080 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6081 */
6082int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6083 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6084
6085/**
6086 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6087 *
6088 * @data: NoA tracking data
6089 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6090 */
6091void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6092
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006093/**
6094 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6095 * @vif: virtual interface
6096 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6097 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6098 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6099 * @gfp: allocation flags
6100 *
6101 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6102 */
6103void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6104 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6105 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006106
6107/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006108 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6109 *
6110 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6111 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6112 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6113 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6114 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6115 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6116 *
6117 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6118 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6119 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6120 *
6121 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6122 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6123 *
6124 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6125 */
6126int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6127
6128/**
6129 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6130 *
6131 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6132 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6133 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6134 *
6135 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6136 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6137 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6138 *
6139 * @sta: the station
6140 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6141 */
6142void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6143
6144/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006145 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6146 *
6147 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006148 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6149 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006150 *
6151 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006152 *
6153 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6154 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6155 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6156 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6157 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6158 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6159 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006160 */
6161struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6162 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006163
6164/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006165 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6166 *
6167 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6168 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6169 *
6170 * Should only be called between calls to ieee80211_txq_schedule_start()
6171 * and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6172 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6173 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6174 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6175 */
6176struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6177
6178/**
6179 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6180 *
6181 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6182 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6183 *
6184 * Should only be called between calls to ieee80211_txq_schedule_start()
6185 * and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6186 */
6187void ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6188
6189/**
6190 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - acquire locks for safe scheduling of an AC
6191 *
6192 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6193 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6194 *
6195 * Acquire locks needed to schedule TXQs from the given AC. Should be called
6196 * before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6197 */
6198void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6199 __acquires(txq_lock);
6200
6201/**
6202 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_end - release locks for safe scheduling of an AC
6203 *
6204 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6205 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6206 *
6207 * Release locks previously acquired by ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6208 */
6209void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6210 __releases(txq_lock);
6211
6212/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006213 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6214 *
6215 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6216 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6217 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6218 * next_txq().
6219 *
6220 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6221 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6222 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6223 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6224 * again.
6225 *
6226 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6227 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6228 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6229 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6230 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6231 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6232 *
6233 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6234 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6235 */
6236bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6237 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6238
6239/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006240 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6241 *
6242 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6243 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6244 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6245 *
6246 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6247 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6248 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6249 */
6250void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6251 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6252 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006253
6254/**
6255 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6256 *
6257 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6258 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6259 *
6260 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6261 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6262 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6263 * @gfp: allocation flags
6264 */
6265void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6266 u8 inst_id,
6267 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6268 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006269
6270/**
6271 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6272 *
6273 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6274 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6275 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6276 *
6277 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6278 * @match: match event information
6279 * @gfp: allocation flags
6280 */
6281void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6282 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6283 gfp_t gfp);
6284
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006285#endif /* MAC80211_H */